{"title":"Gabriel Mozart Collection","description":"\u003cp\u003eGabriel Mozart is a Danish upholstery fabric for homes, hotels and offices. We offer 39 colorways of Gabriel Mozart. Gabriel fabrics are ordered from the mill for your piece: request a quote and we reply within 1 business day, with an 8 to 12 week lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-60186","title":"Gabriel Mozart 60186 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eWith a name like \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 60186\u003c\/strong\u003e, it seems right to start with the piano bench. This 100% polyester upholstery fabric from Gabriel holds up to daily practice and recitals at home. It also suits a music room window seat or a cushioned bench in a studio lobby. Try it with a black lacquer piano or a warm walnut upright. We make piano bench cushions to your exact top size, and you can add ties so it stays put.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880447688939,"sku":"Mozart 60186","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_60186.jpg?v=1772256106"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-68141","title":"Gabriel Mozart 68141 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDeep living room window ledges are made for sitting, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 68141\u003c\/strong\u003e turns one into a seat with a 100% polyester fabric that wears well. Use it for a living room window seat, a radiator cover bench, or a ledge by a fireplace. It suits a classic home with crown molding, white paint and a soft wool rug. Choose Luxury foam for a plush seat, and we will make the window cushion to your exact measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880465318123,"sku":"Mozart 68141","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_68141.jpg?v=1772256686"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-68140","title":"Gabriel Mozart 68140 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eA kitchen island with a built-in bench on one side is a great family spot, especially when that bench is covered in \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 68140\u003c\/strong\u003e. Use it for an island bench, a kitchen window seat, or a banquette beside a pantry. It suits a modern farmhouse kitchen with white cabinets, wood beams and black faucets. We make kitchen cushions to exact sizes, with ties on request and a zipper on every cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880467120363,"sku":"Mozart 68140","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_68140.jpg?v=1772256771"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-68139","title":"Gabriel Mozart 68139 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBenches in schools and libraries see more traffic than most furniture, so \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 68139\u003c\/strong\u003e was built by Gabriel in 100% polyester for heavy commercial use. Use it for a library reading bench, a seat in a school hallway, or a cushioned ledge in a story corner. At home it suits a kids' study nook. It looks tidy with light wood and white walls. We cut library bench cushions to any length, with zippered covers for easy removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880533213419,"sku":"Mozart 68139","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_68139.jpg?v=1772257848"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-61207","title":"Gabriel Mozart 61207 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eA firm, flat entry bench cushion in \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 61207\u003c\/strong\u003e gives guests a place to sit and swap shoes, and the 100% polyester fabric is made for traffic. It also fits a seat in a walk-in closet or a bench beside a back staircase. Pair it with oak floors, a runner and a simple wall mirror for a tidy, modern entry. We make each entry bench cushion to your measurements, and High Density foam keeps it firm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880540782827,"sku":"Mozart 61207","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_61207.jpg?v=1772257848"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-61163","title":"Gabriel Mozart 61163 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eKitchen built-ins are a natural home for \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 61163\u003c\/strong\u003e, which is woven from 100% polyester and holds up to daily meals and homework at the table. Use it on a kitchen banquette, a breakfast bench, or a booth beside the back door. It has a contemporary look that works with shaker cabinets and a butcher block top. We sew kitchen bench cushions to exact size, with zippered covers so you can take them off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880543830251,"sku":"Mozart 61163","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_61163.jpg?v=1772258017"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-60189","title":"Gabriel Mozart 60189 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eRestaurant designers looking for something refined can turn to \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 60189\u003c\/strong\u003e for booth seating. The fabric is 100% polyester and made for heavy commercial use. Use it in an upscale dining room banquette, a hotel bar booth, or a private dining nook. At home it is a strong pick for a kitchen built-in. It looks smart with brass rails, marble tops and dark wood. We make booth and banquette cushions to measure, in any quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880546124011,"sku":"Mozart 60189","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_60189.jpg?v=1772258141"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-60188","title":"Gabriel Mozart 60188 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a dining set that hosts big holiday meals, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 60188\u003c\/strong\u003e is a fabric that handles the wear. It is all polyester, designed in Denmark for homes and commercial rooms. Use it on side chairs around a long table, host chairs at each end, or a banquette in a formal dining room. It brings a polished, contemporary finish to mahogany or painted chairs. We shape each dining seat cushion to your chair, with piping available for a tailored edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880548712683,"sku":"Mozart 60188","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_60188.jpg?v=1772258243"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-60999","title":"Gabriel Mozart 60999 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFresh cushions in \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 60999\u003c\/strong\u003e, a durable 100% polyester upholstery fabric from the Danish brand Gabriel, can make a modern sofa feel new again. Use it for sofa seat replacement cushions, a lounge chair, or a pair of armchairs in a den. It suits a clean, contemporary room with a low profile and slim legs. Measure your current cushions, pick Luxury or Super Soft foam for comfort, and we cut new ones to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880551301355,"sku":"Mozart 60999","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_60999.jpg?v=1772258330"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-62065","title":"Gabriel Mozart 62065 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eStool cushions get forgotten until they wear thin, which is why \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 62065\u003c\/strong\u003e gives counter and bar stools a fabric built for constant use. It is 100% polyester from Danish brand Gabriel, made for homes and commercial spaces. Use it on round stools at a kitchen island, square bar stools in a home bar, or seats in a coffee bar. It pairs with brushed nickel and light stone. We make round and square stool cushions to your exact size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880553627883,"sku":"Mozart 62065","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_62065.jpg?v=1772258413"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-61211","title":"Gabriel Mozart 61211 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eOld wicker armchairs often just need new pads, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 61211\u003c\/strong\u003e makes indoor replacement cushions that look sharp and wear well. The fabric is 100% polyester from Danish brand Gabriel, built for steady use. Use it for wicker chairs in a sunroom, a rattan settee in a bedroom, or a pair of cane armchairs by a fireplace. It looks fresh with white walls and woven baskets. We cut seat and back cushions to fit your frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880554283243,"sku":"Mozart 61211","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_61211.jpg?v=1772258544"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-61208","title":"Gabriel Mozart 61208 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eInterior designers will find \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 61208\u003c\/strong\u003e easy to use across a full project. It is a Danish upholstery fabric made of 100% polyester for residential and commercial spaces. Specify it for dining chairs, a banquette and a matching bench so the whole room ties together. It suits contemporary rooms with plaster, stone or wood paneling. We make custom upholstery cushions in any shape or quantity, with no minimum order, so samples and full jobs both work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880556839147,"sku":"Mozart 61208","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_61208.jpg?v=1772258628"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-61146","title":"Gabriel Mozart 61146 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eEvery window seat in a home has a different shape, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 61146\u003c\/strong\u003e can cover any of them. This Danish-designed upholstery fabric is 100% polyester and made for busy households. Use it for an angled bay window, a dormer nook, or a long ledge in a stairwell. It pairs easily with white trim, painted paneling and a stack of throw pillows. We make trapezoid, curved and rectangle window seat cushions to your template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880558412011,"sku":"Mozart 61146","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_61146.jpg?v=1772258719"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-68146","title":"Gabriel Mozart 68146 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eLast in our Mozart lineup here, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 68146\u003c\/strong\u003e brings the same durable 100% polyester build to any custom seat cushion. Gabriel designs it in Denmark for homes and commercial rooms. Use it for dining chairs in a condo, a long bench in a showroom, or a window seat in a guest suite. It has a refined, contemporary look that fits mixed wood and metal. Send your measurements and we make each cushion to order, in any shape, with zippers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880560378091,"sku":"Mozart 68146","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_68146.jpg?v=1772258816"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-62061","title":"Gabriel Mozart 62061 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a bench cushion that looks custom and stands up to everyday life, consider \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 62061\u003c\/strong\u003e, a 100% polyester upholstery fabric from Gabriel made for busy homes and commercial interiors. Use it on a bench at the foot of the bed, a dressing room seat, or a long bench in a boutique. It brings a refined, contemporary feel to painted or natural wood. Send your size, choose your foam, and add piping if you like a tailored edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880570896619,"sku":"Mozart 62061","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_62061.jpg?v=1772258920"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-63077","title":"Gabriel Mozart 63077 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eWooden dining chairs look great but can feel hard after a long meal, so \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 63077\u003c\/strong\u003e adds comfort with a fabric built to last. It is a 100% polyester upholstery cloth, designed by Gabriel in Denmark for busy homes and restaurants. Use it for chair cushions on spindle-back chairs, cross-back bistro chairs, or a pair of host chairs. It works with a classic table and simple white dishes. Each chair pad is cut to your seat, with ties to keep it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880578400491,"sku":"Mozart 63077","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_63077.jpg?v=1772259239"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-63076","title":"Gabriel Mozart 63076 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eA chaise in a bedroom corner is a nice place to read when its cushion is covered in \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 63076\u003c\/strong\u003e, a 100% polyester upholstery fabric that keeps its look. Use it for an indoor chaise lounge pad, a daybed mattress cover, or a fainting couch cushion. It suits a soft, contemporary bedroom with linen drapes and a wool throw. We make chaise cushions to your length, with Super Soft or Luxury foam for lounging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880579186923,"sku":"Mozart 63076","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_63076.jpg?v=1772259360"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-62063","title":"Gabriel Mozart 62063 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a family kitchen with a corner nook, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 62063\u003c\/strong\u003e makes a sturdy L-shape bench cushion. This polyester upholstery fabric is designed in Denmark to handle heavy use. Use it for a corner banquette, an L-shaped window seat, or a wraparound bench in a game room. It looks smart with white oak, brass pulls and a round table. We make corner cushions in one piece or two sections, to your exact drawing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880580694251,"sku":"Mozart 62063","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_62063.jpg?v=1772259501"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-64140","title":"Gabriel Mozart 64140 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eCommercial projects need fabric that keeps its look under heavy wear, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 64140\u003c\/strong\u003e is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric made for contract interiors and busy homes. Use it for lobby seating in an office, bench pads in a fitness studio, or booth seats in a hotel restaurant. It has a refined, contemporary look that fits most brand palettes. We make contract seat cushions to exact sizes, with zippered covers and no minimum quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880582824171,"sku":"Mozart 64140","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_64140.jpg?v=1772259631"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-64139","title":"Gabriel Mozart 64139 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBook club and game night go better on a long bench padded in \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 64139\u003c\/strong\u003e. This Danish upholstery fabric is 100% polyester and designed for busy homes and businesses. Use it for a dining bench, a long coffee table bench, or the seat by a game table. It pairs well with a modern farmhouse room, white walls and black window frames. We cut bench cushions to any length, and ties can be added at each corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880583184619,"sku":"Mozart 64139","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_64139.jpg?v=1772259858"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-64138","title":"Gabriel Mozart 64138 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a home office with a reading chair and an ottoman, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 64138\u003c\/strong\u003e brings both pieces together. This polyester upholstery fabric from Gabriel is built for daily use. Use it for a seat cushion on a lounge chair, a cushion top for an ottoman, or a window seat behind the desk. It suits a contemporary office with walnut shelves and a leather desk chair. We make each cushion to its own size and shape, all in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880583676139,"sku":"Mozart 64138","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_64138.jpg?v=1772260019"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-64137","title":"Gabriel Mozart 64137 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eMany clients ask for one fabric to cover a full dining banquette, seat and back, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 64137\u003c\/strong\u003e does that well. The 100% polyester fabric is made by Gabriel for high-traffic homes and restaurants. Use it for a banquette seat with back cushions, a booth in a breakfast room, or a long wall seat in a bistro. It looks crisp next to marble, brass and dark wood. We cut seat and back cushions to exact size, with piping available on both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880585117931,"sku":"Mozart 64137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_64137.jpg?v=1772260111"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-64136","title":"Gabriel Mozart 64136 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eCozy and practical, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 64136\u003c\/strong\u003e is a fabric for the built-in bench in a kids' room. It is 100% polyester and made by Gabriel for busy residential and commercial spaces. Use it on a window seat for bedtime stories, a bench over toy bins, or a reading platform in a playroom. It looks bright and modern with white walls and birch shelves. We make kids' room cushions to your measurements, and zippered covers make them easy to take off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880617787627,"sku":"Mozart 64136","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_64136.jpg?v=1772261446"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-64135","title":"Gabriel Mozart 64135 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDaybeds pull double duty as a sofa and a guest bed, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 64135\u003c\/strong\u003e, a Danish upholstery fabric in 100% polyester, is tough enough for both jobs. Use it for a daybed mattress cover in a home office, a guest room trundle, or a lounge pad in a den. It fits a contemporary space with an iron or wood frame and plain bolsters. We make daybed cushions to the exact size of your frame, with a full zipper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880618672363,"sku":"Mozart 64135","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_64135.jpg?v=1772261543"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-65106","title":"Gabriel Mozart 65106 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhen the bench in your mudroom or laundry needs a cushion, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 65106\u003c\/strong\u003e is a practical pick. This upholstery fabric from Gabriel is all polyester and made for heavy use. Use it on a mudroom cubby bench, a seat by the dog wash station, or a bench by the garage door. It looks clean with slate tile, black hooks and painted beadboard. We make the cushion to your bench size, and High Density foam keeps it firm under daily wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880619983083,"sku":"Mozart 65106","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_65106.jpg?v=1772261648"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-64194","title":"Gabriel Mozart 64194 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBay windows come in many angles, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 64194\u003c\/strong\u003e works for all of them. This 100% polyester upholstery fabric is Danish-designed and made to handle daily lounging. Use it for a three-sided bay seat, a curved window cushion, or a dormer nook in an attic room. It suits a classic home with white trim and a few patterned pillows. Send a paper template or your measurements, and we will make a bay window cushion to match the angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880621064427,"sku":"Mozart 64194","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_64194.jpg?v=1772261930"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-67063","title":"Gabriel Mozart 67063 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eYour guest room bench deserves a cushion as nice as the bed, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 67063\u003c\/strong\u003e is woven from 100% polyester for steady residential and commercial use. Use it for a bench at the foot of the guest bed, a luggage rack top, or a vanity seat. It pairs with crisp white linens, a wool throw and a simple wood nightstand. We cut each cushion to size and can add ties or piping for a finished look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880632762603,"sku":"Mozart 67063","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_67063.jpg?v=1772262031"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-67062","title":"Gabriel Mozart 67062 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFew things change a room as quickly as new cushions in \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 67062\u003c\/strong\u003e, a Danish upholstery fabric in 100% polyester built to hold up in homes and businesses. Use it to refresh a tired settee, an old bench in a front hall, or a set of dining chairs from a flea market. It brings a contemporary touch to vintage wood and painted frames. We make replacement cushions to your measurements, with your choice of foam and a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880642527467,"sku":"Mozart 67062","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_67062.jpg?v=1772262177"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-66175","title":"Gabriel Mozart 66175 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSpa and salon owners who want seating that feels calm yet wears well can turn to \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 66175\u003c\/strong\u003e. This Gabriel upholstery fabric is 100% polyester and made for busy commercial spaces. Use it for a reception bench, a pedicure lounge seat, or a relaxation room daybed. It brings a quiet, contemporary look to light wood and soft lighting. We make spa seating cushions to any size, with zippered covers that are simple to remove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880644460779,"sku":"Mozart 66175","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_66175.jpg?v=1772262315"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-66160","title":"Gabriel Mozart 66160 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 66160\u003c\/strong\u003e is a good fit for those who want hard benches to feel soft. It is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric from the Danish brand Gabriel, made for heavy use. Use it on a garden room bench, a trestle seat at a long table, or a wood bench in a boot room. It looks right with natural pine, stone floors and woven baskets. Choose Super Soft foam for extra comfort, and we will cut the cushion to your bench size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880645705963,"sku":"Mozart 66160","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_66160.jpg?v=1772262442"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-66136","title":"Gabriel Mozart 66136 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003ePicture a hall with good light and a long upholstered bench covered in \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 66136\u003c\/strong\u003e, a Danish polyester fabric made to keep its look in busy homes and commercial spaces. Use it for a gallery bench, a long hallway seat, or a waiting bench outside a meeting room. The look is refined and contemporary, so it pairs with plaster walls and slim black legs. We cut each upholstered bench cushion to your size and finish it with a zipper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880646525163,"sku":"Mozart 66136","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_66136.jpg?v=1772262530"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-66010","title":"Gabriel Mozart 66010 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eMatching cushions on a loveseat and chair in \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 66010\u003c\/strong\u003e can make a small sitting room feel finished. Use it for loveseat replacement cushions, an accent chair seat, or a cushioned window ledge nearby. It suits a contemporary room with simple frames, a patterned rug and a pair of brass floor lamps. The fabric also works in a hotel suite sitting area or a small office lounge. We make each cushion to your sizes and can add piping so the set looks tailored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880647409899,"sku":"Mozart 66010","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_66010.jpg?v=1772262628"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-67066","title":"Gabriel Mozart 67066 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesigners working on hospitality jobs can count on \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 67066\u003c\/strong\u003e for steady performance. This 100% polyester fabric from Gabriel is made for high-traffic rooms. Use it for hotel lounge seating, a bar bench in a restaurant, or a waiting area in a clinic. It has a refined, contemporary look that suits many color schemes. We make hospitality and contract cushions to exact sizes, and there is no minimum order, so a single prototype is easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880647999723,"sku":"Mozart 67066","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_67066.jpg?v=1772262715"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-67033","title":"Gabriel Mozart 67033 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a corner window seat that wraps around two walls, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 67033\u003c\/strong\u003e is a smart choice. The fabric is 100% polyester, designed by Gabriel for busy homes and commercial rooms. Use it for a wraparound window bench, an L-shaped seat in a sunroom, or a corner nook in a family room. It looks good with white trim and natural wood floors. We make L-shape cushions to your drawing, in one piece or two, with optional piping on the front edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880649113835,"sku":"Mozart 67033","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_67033.jpg?v=1772262827"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-66159","title":"Gabriel Mozart 66159 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eRestaurants with long wall benches need cushions that line up seat after seat, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 66159\u003c\/strong\u003e is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric built for commercial dining. Use it on a wall banquette in a bistro, a long booth in a brewery, or bench seating in a food hall. It brings a refined look to wood slats, tile or exposed brick. We cut restaurant bench cushions to any length and make them in matching sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880650260715,"sku":"Mozart 66159","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_66159.jpg?v=1772262909"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-68145","title":"Gabriel Mozart 68145 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSome benches need only a thin, firm pad, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 68145\u003c\/strong\u003e works well for those with its durable 100% polyester build. Use it for a thin pad on a garden bench brought indoors, a shoe bench in a hall, or a flat seat on a church-style pew. It looks tidy with natural oak or black-stained wood. Choose your foam thickness and firmness, and we will make each bench pad to fit your exact size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880650719467,"sku":"Mozart 68145","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_68145.jpg?v=1772262984"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-68144","title":"Gabriel Mozart 68144 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a home theater or media room, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 68144\u003c\/strong\u003e covers built-in seating in a fabric that takes plenty of movie nights. It is 100% polyester, made by Gabriel for busy homes and businesses. Use it on a tiered media bench, a sectional with tired seat cushions, or floor cushions near the screen. It looks great with dark walls and warm lamps. We make media room cushions to your exact sizes, with Luxury foam for a deeper sit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880653963499,"sku":"Mozart 68144","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_68144.jpg?v=1772263065"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-68143","title":"Gabriel Mozart 68143 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSmall studios and apartments often rely on one bench for seating and storage, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 68143\u003c\/strong\u003e makes that bench comfortable. This Danish upholstery fabric is 100% polyester and made for constant use. Use it on a storage bench under a window, a seat at a small dining table, or a bench in a narrow entry. It looks clean with light wood and simple black frames. We make apartment bench cushions to any size and zip every cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880654225643,"sku":"Mozart 68143","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_68143.jpg?v=1772263163"},{"product_id":"gabriel-mozart-68142","title":"Gabriel Mozart 68142 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eIndoor rocking chairs and gliders both need good pads, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Mozart 68142\u003c\/strong\u003e is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric from Gabriel made for steady use indoors. Use it for a rocking chair seat cushion, a glider back pad, or a seat on an indoor swing bench. It works with painted white wood and a cozy plaid throw. We cut rocker cushions to your chair, with ties at the back corners so they stay in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this Gabriel fabric offers exceptional abrasion resistance and outstanding color retention, helping your interiors maintain a fresh, refined look year after year. Its subtle texture and thoughtfully developed color palette make it versatile across a wide range of environments—from clean, contemporary settings to warm, layered spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to meet strict commercial and contract standards, it delivers dependable durability without compromising on comfort. Perfect for custom upholstery, sofas, sectionals, and statement accents, it brings together longevity, elevated aesthetics, and everyday usability—making it a smart choice for high-traffic residential and professional spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880655241451,"sku":"Mozart 68142","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Mozart_68142.jpg?v=1772263314"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/en-gb\/collections\/gabriel-mozart-collection.oembed?page=2","provider":"Fabrica Kraft ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}